blob: d1b4eed020f61c68198f2f02d67330618c61d7f6 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200260 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530324- Marvell Family Member
325 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
326 multiple fs option at one time
327 for marvell soc family
328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000329- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 Define exactly one of
331 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000332
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200333- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000334 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
335 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000336 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
337 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
339 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000341- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200342 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
343 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000344 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000345 See doc/README.MPC866
346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200347 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000348
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000349 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
350 of relying on the correctness of the configured
351 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
352 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
353 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200354 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000355
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100356 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
357
358 Define this option if you want to enable the
359 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
360
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600361- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000362 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
363
364 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
365 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
366 compliance, among other possible reasons.
367
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
369
370 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
371 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
372 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
373
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500374 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
375
376 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
377 tree nodes for the given platform.
378
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000379 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
380
381 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
382 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
383 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
384 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
385 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
386 purpose.
387
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
389
390 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
391 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
392 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
393
394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
395 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
396
397 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
398 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
399
400 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
401 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
402 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
403 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
404
405 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
406 this erratum.
407
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530408 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
409 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
410 requred during NOR boot.
411
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
413
414 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
415 according to the A004510 workaround.
416
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
418 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
419 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
420
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530421 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
422 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
423 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
427 connected to the DSP core.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
430 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
431
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
433 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
434 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
435 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
436
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
438 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
439 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
440
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800441 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
442 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
443 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
444
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000445- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700446 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
447 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
448 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
449 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
450 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
451
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000452 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
453
454 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
455 values is arch specific.
456
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
458 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
459 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
460 SoCs.
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
463 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
464
465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
466 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
467 deskew training are not available.
468
469 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
470 Freescale DDR1 controller.
471
472 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
473 Freescale DDR2 controller.
474
475 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
476 Freescale DDR3 controller.
477
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700478 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
479 Freescale DDR4 controller.
480
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
482 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
483
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
485 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
486 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
487 implemetation.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
490 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
491 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
492 implementation.
493
494 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
495 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700496 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
497
498 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
499 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
500 DDR3L controllers.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
503 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
504 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700505
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
507 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
508
509 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
510 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
511
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530512 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
513 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
514 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
515
516 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
517 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
518 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
519 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
520
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530521 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
522 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
523 concatenated with u-boot binary.
524
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800525 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
526 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
527
528 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
529 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
530
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800531 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
532 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
533 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
534 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
535
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
537 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
538 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
539 SoCs with ARM core.
540
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100541- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200542 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100543
544 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
545 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
546 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200548 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200549
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100550 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
551 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200552 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100553 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200554
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200555- MIPS CPU options:
556 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
557
558 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
559 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
560 relocation.
561
562 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
563
564 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
565 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
566 Possible values are:
567 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
568 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
569 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
570 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
571 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
572 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
573 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
574 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
577
578 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
579 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
580
581 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
582
583 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
584 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
585 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
586
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000587- ARM options:
588 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
589
590 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
591 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
592
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000593 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
594
595 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
596 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
597 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
598 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
599 GCC.
600
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000601 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000602 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
603 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
604 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500605 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500606 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000607
608 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
609 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
610 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
611 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
612 set these options unless they apply!
613
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000614- CPU timer options:
615 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
616
617 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
618 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
619 option must be set to 1000.
620
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000621- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000622 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
623
624 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
625 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
626 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
627 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
628 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
629 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
630 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000631 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100632 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000633 default environment.
634
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000635 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
636
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200637 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000638 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
639 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
640
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400641 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200642
643 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400644 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
645 concepts).
646
647 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
648 * New libfdt-based support
649 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500650 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400651
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200652 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
653 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
654 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
655 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200656 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600657 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200658
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200659 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
660 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500661
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600662 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
663
664 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
665 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000666
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500667 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
668
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200669 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500670 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
671
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200672 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
673
674 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
675 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
676 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
677 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
678 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
679 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
680
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000681 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
682
683 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
684 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
685 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
686 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
687 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
688 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
689 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
690
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100691- vxWorks boot parameters:
692
693 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
694 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
695 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
696
697 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
698 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
699 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
700 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
701
702 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
703
704 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
705
706 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
707 the defaults discussed just above.
708
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000709- Cache Configuration:
710 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
711 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
712 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
713
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000714- Cache Configuration for ARM:
715 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
716 controller
717 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
718 controller register space
719
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000720- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200721 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000722
723 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
724
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200725 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000726
727 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
728
729 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
730
731 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
732 the clock speed of the UARTs.
733
734 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
735
736 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
737 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
738 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
739
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000740 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
741
742 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
743 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
744 this variable to initialize the extra register.
745
746 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
747
748 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
749 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
750 variable to flush the UART at init time.
751
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400752 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
753
754 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
755 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000757- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000758 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
759 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
760 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
761 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000762
763 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
764 port routines must be defined elsewhere
765 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
766
767 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
768 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000769 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
771 (default big endian)
772 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
773 rectangle fill
774 (cf. smiLynxEM)
775 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
776 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
777 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
778 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000779 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
780 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
782 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000783 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
785 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
786 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
787 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
788 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
789 (i.e. i8042_getc)
790 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
791 (requires blink timer
792 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200793 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000794 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
795 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500796 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000797 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
798 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000799 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
800 linux_logo.h for logo.
801 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200803 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000804 the logo
805
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000806 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
807 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
808 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
809
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000810 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
811 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
812 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000814 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
815 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
816 the "silent" environment variable. See
817 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000818
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200819 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
820 is 0x00.
821 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
822 is 0xa0.
823
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824- Console Baudrate:
825 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
826 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
828 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100830- Console Rx buffer length
831 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
832 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100833 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100834 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
835 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
836 the SMC.
837
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000838- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200839 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
840 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
841 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
842 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
843 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
844 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
845 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200846 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000848
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200849 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
850 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000851
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000852- Safe printf() functions
853 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
854 the printf() functions. These are defined in
855 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
856 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
857 If this option is not given then these functions will
858 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
859 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000861- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
862 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
863 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000864 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
865 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
867 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
868 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
869 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
870 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
871 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
872 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
873 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
874 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
875 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
876 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
877 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
878 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
879
880- Autoboot Command:
881 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
882 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
883 define a command string that is automatically executed
884 when no character is read on the console interface
885 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
886
887 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000888 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
889 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
890 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000891
892 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000893 The value of these goes into the environment as
894 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
895 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200896 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100898- Bootcount:
899 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
900 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
901 cycle, see:
902 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
903
904 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
905 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
906 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
907 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
908 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
909 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
910 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
911 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
912 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
913
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000914- Pre-Boot Commands:
915 CONFIG_PREBOOT
916
917 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
918 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
919 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
920 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
921 entering interactive mode.
922
923 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
924 automatically generated or modified. For an example
925 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
926 modified when the user holds down a certain
927 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
928 booting the systems
929
930- Serial Download Echo Mode:
931 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
932 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
933 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
934 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
935 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
936 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
937 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
938
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500939- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000940 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
941 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200942 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000943
944- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500945 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
946 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000947 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
948 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 and augmenting with additional #define's
950 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500952 The default command configuration includes all commands
953 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000954
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100955 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500956 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
958 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
959 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
960 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
961 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
962 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800963 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500966 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
967 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600969 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
970 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
971 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
972 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
974 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
977 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600978 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600979 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500980 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000982 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
983 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700984 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
985 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500986 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500987 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000988 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
990 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200991 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000992 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000994 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
997 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
998 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
999 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001001 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001002 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001003 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001005 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001006 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1007 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1008 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1009 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001010 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001011 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1012 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1014 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001015 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001016 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001017 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001018 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001019 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001020 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001021 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1022 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1023 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001024 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1026 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001028 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001029 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001030 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1031 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1032 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1033 host
1034 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001035 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001036 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1037 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001038 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001039 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1040 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1041 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1042 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1043 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1044 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001045 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001046 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001047 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001048 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001049 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001050 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001051 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001052 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001053 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1054 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001055 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001056 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001057 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001058 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001059 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001060
1061 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1062 support you can write:
1063
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001064 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1065 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001066
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001067 Other Commands:
1068 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001069
1070 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001072 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1073 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1074 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1075 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1076 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1077 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001078
1079
1080 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1081
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001082- Regular expression support:
1083 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001084 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1085 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1086 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1087 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001088
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001089- Device tree:
1090 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1092 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1093 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1094 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1095 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1096
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001097 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1098 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001099
1100 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1101 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1102 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1103 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1104 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1105 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001106
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001107 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1109 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1110 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1111
1112 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1113
1114 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1115 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1116 still use the individual files if you need something more
1117 exotic.
1118
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119- Watchdog:
1120 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1121 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001122 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1123 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1124 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1125 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1126 available, then no further board specific code should
1127 be needed to use it.
1128
1129 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1130 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1131 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1132 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001133
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001134- U-Boot Version:
1135 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1136 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1137 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1138 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001139 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1140 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142- Real-Time Clock:
1143
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001144 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001145 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1146 following options:
1147
1148 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1149 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001150 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001151 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001152 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001153 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001154 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001155 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001156 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001158 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001159 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1160 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001161
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001162 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1163 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1164
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001165- GPIO Support:
1166 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001167
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001168 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1169 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1170 pins supported by a particular chip.
1171
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001172 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1173 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1174
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001175- I/O tracing:
1176 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1177 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1178 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1179 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1180 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1181 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1182 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1183 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1184
1185 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1186 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1187 still continue to operate.
1188
1189 iotrace is enabled
1190 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1191 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1192 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1193 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1194 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1195 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1196
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001197- Timestamp Support:
1198
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001199 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1200 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1201 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001202 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001204- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1205 Zero or more of the following:
1206 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1207 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1208 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1209 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1210 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1211 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1212 disk/part_efi.c
1213 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001214
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001215 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1216 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001217 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001218
1219- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001220 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1221 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001222
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001223 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1224 be performed by calling the function
1225 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1226 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227
1228- ATAPI Support:
1229 CONFIG_ATAPI
1230
1231 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1232
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001233- LBA48 Support
1234 CONFIG_LBA48
1235
1236 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001237 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001238 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1239 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1240
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001242 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1243 Default is 32bit.
1244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- SCSI Support:
1246 At the moment only there is only support for the
1247 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1248 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1249
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001250 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1251 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1252 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001253 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1254 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001255 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001256
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001257 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1258 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001260- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001261 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001262 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1263
1264 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1265 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1266 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1267 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1268
1269 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1270 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1271 example with the "sspi" command.
1272
1273 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1274 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1275 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001276
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001277 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001278 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001280 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1281 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001282 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001283 write routine for first time initialisation.
1284
1285 CONFIG_TULIP
1286 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1287 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1288 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1289
1290 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1291 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1292
1293 CONFIG_NS8382X
1294 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1295
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001296- NETWORK Support (other):
1297
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001298 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1299 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1300
1301 CONFIG_RMII
1302 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1303
1304 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1305 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1306 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1307
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001308 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1309 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1310
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001311 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001312 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1313
1314 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1315 Define this to hold the physical address
1316 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1317
1318 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1319 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1320
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001321 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001322 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1323
1324 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1325 Define this to hold the physical address
1326 of the device (I/O space)
1327
1328 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1329 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1330
1331 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1332 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1333 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1334
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001335 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1336 Support for davinci emac
1337
1338 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1339 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1340
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001341 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1342 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1343
1344 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1345 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1346 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1347 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1348 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1349 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1350 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1351 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1352
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001353 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001354 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1355
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001356 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001357 Define this to hold the physical address
1358 of the device (I/O space)
1359
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001360 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001361 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1362
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001363 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001364 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1365 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001366 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001367
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001368 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1369 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1370
1371 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1372 Define the number of ports to be used
1373
1374 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1375 Define the ETH PHY's address
1376
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001377 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1378 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1379
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001380- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001381 CONFIG_TPM
1382 Support TPM devices.
1383
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001384 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1385 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1386 per system is supported at this time.
1387
1388 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1389 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1390
1391 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1392 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1393
1394 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1395 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1396
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001397 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1398 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1399
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001400 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001401 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1402 per system is supported at this time.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1405 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1406 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1407 0xfed40000.
1408
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001409 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1410 Add tpm monitor functions.
1411 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1412 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1413
1414 CONFIG_TPM
1415 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1416 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1417 Requires support for a TPM device.
1418
1419 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1420 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1421 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1422
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001423- USB Support:
1424 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001425 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001426 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1427 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001428 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001429 storage devices.
1430 Note:
1431 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1432 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001433 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1434 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1435 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001436 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1437 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001438 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1439 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1440 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001441 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1442 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001443 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001444 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1445 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001446
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001447 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1448 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1449
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001450- USB Device:
1451 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1452 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1453 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001454 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001455 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1456 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001457 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001458 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1459 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1460 a Linux host by
1461 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1462 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1463 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1464 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001465
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001466 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1467 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001468
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001469 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1470 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1471 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001472
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301473 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1474 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1475 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1476 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1477 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1478 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1479 speed.
1480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001481 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001482 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1483 be set to usbtty.
1484
1485 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001486 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001487 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001488 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001489
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001490 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001491 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001492 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001494 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001495 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001496 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001497 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1498 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1499 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1500
1501 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1502 Define this string as the name of your company for
1503 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001504
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001505 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1506 Define this string as the name of your product
1507 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1508
1509 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1510 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1511 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1512 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1513 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001514
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001515 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1516 Define this as the unique Product ID
1517 for your device
1518 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001519
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001520- ULPI Layer Support:
1521 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1522 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1523 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1524 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1525 viewport is supported.
1526 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1527 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001528 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1529 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1530 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001531
1532- MMC Support:
1533 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1534 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1535 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1536 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001537 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1538 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001539
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001540 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1541 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1542
1543 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1544 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1545
1546 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1547 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1548
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001549 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1550 Enable the generic MMC driver
1551
1552 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1553 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1554
1555 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1556 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1557 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1558
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001559- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1560 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1561 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1562
1563 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1564 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1565 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1566 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1567 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1568
1569 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1570 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1571
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001572 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1573 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1574
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301575 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1576 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1577 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1578 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1579 one that would help mostly the developer.
1580
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001581 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1582 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1583 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1584 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1585 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1586
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001587 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1588 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1589 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1590 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1591 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1592 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1593
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001594 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1595 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1596 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1597 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1598
1599 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1600 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1601 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1602 sending again an USB request to the device.
1603
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001604- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1605 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1606 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1607 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1608 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1609 used on Android devices.
1610 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1611
1612 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1613 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1614 image format header.
1615
1616 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1617 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1618 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1619 downloaded images.
1620
1621 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1622 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1623 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1624 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1625
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001626- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1627 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1628 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1629 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001631 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1632 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001633 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001635 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001636 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1637 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1638
1639 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001640 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001641 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1642 have not defined a custom partition
1643
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001644- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1645 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001646
1647 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1648 file in FAT formatted partition.
1649
1650 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1651 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001652
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001653CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1654 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1655
1656 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1657 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1658 and cbfsload.
1659
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301660- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1661 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1662
1663 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1664 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1665
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001666- Keyboard Support:
1667 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1668
1669 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1670 support
1671
1672 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1673 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1674 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1675 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1676 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1677
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001678 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1679 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1680 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1681 which provides key scans on request.
1682
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001683- Video support:
1684 CONFIG_VIDEO
1685
1686 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1687 video).
1688
1689 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1690
1691 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1692
1693 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001694 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001695 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1696 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1697 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001698
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001699 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001700 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001701 are possible:
1702 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001703 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001704
1705 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1706 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1707 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1708 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1709 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1710 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1711 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001712 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1713
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001714 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001715 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001716
1717
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001718 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001719 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001720 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1721 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1722
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001723 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001724 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001725 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1726 support, and should also define these other macros:
1727
1728 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1729 CONFIG_VIDEO
1730 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1731 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1732 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1733 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1734 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1735 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1736
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001737 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1738 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1739 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1740 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001741
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001742 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1743
1744 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1745 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1746 driver.
1747
1748
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001749- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001750 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001751
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001752 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1753 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1754 defined in your board-specific files.
1755 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001756
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001757- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1758
1759 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1760 display); also select one of the supported displays
1761 by defining one of these:
1762
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001763 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1764
1765 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1766
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001767 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001768
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001769 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001770
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001771 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001772
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001773 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1774 Active, color, single scan.
1775
1776 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1777
1778 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001779 Active, color, single scan.
1780
1781 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1782
1783 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1784 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1785
1786 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1787
1788 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1789 Active, color, single scan.
1790
1791 CONFIG_HLD1045
1792
1793 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1794 Active, color, single scan.
1795
1796 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1797
1798 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1799 or
1800 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1801 or
1802 Hitachi SP14Q002
1803
1804 320x240. Black & white.
1805
1806 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001807 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001808
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001809 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1810
1811 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1812 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1813 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1814 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1815 a per-section basis.
1816
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001817 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1818
1819 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1820 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1821 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1822 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001823
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001824 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1825
1826 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1827
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001828 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1829
1830 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1831 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1832
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001833- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001834
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001835 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1836 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1837 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001838 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001839 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1840 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1841 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1842 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001843
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001844 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1845
1846 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1847 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001848 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001849 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1850 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1851 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1852 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1853 there is no need to set this option.
1854
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001855 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1856
1857 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1858 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1859 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1860 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1861 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1862 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1863
1864 Example:
1865 setenv splashpos m,m
1866 => image at center of screen
1867
1868 setenv splashpos 30,20
1869 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1870
1871 setenv splashpos -10,m
1872 => vertically centered image
1873 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1874
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001875- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1876
1877 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1878 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1879 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1880
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001881- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1882
1883 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1884 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1885 bmp command.
1886
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001887- Do compresssing for memory range:
1888 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1889
1890 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1891 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1892
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001893- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001894 CONFIG_GZIP
1895
1896 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1897
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001898 CONFIG_BZIP2
1899
1900 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1901 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1902 compressed images are supported.
1903
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001904 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001905 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001906 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001907
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001908 CONFIG_LZMA
1909
1910 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1911 images is included.
1912
1913 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1914 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1915 formula:
1916
1917 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1918
1919 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1920 and Literal pos bits.
1921
1922 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1923 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1924 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1925 a very small buffer.
1926
1927 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1928 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001929 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001930
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001931 CONFIG_LZO
1932
1933 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1934 is included.
1935
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001936- MII/PHY support:
1937 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1938
1939 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1940
1941 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1942
1943 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1944
1945 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1946
1947 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001948 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001949
1950 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1951
1952 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1953 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1954 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1955 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1956
1957 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1958
1959 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1960 command issued before MII status register can be read
1961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001962- Ethernet address:
1963 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001964 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001965 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1966 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001967 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1968 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001969
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001970 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1971 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972 is not determined automatically.
1973
1974- IP address:
1975 CONFIG_IPADDR
1976
1977 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001978 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001980 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001981
1982- Server IP address:
1983 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1984
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001985 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001987 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001989 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1990
1991 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1992 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1993
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001994- Gateway IP address:
1995 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1996
1997 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1998 default router where packets to other networks are
1999 sent to.
2000 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2001
2002- Subnet mask:
2003 CONFIG_NETMASK
2004
2005 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2006 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2007 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2008 forwarded through a router.
2009 (Environment variable "netmask")
2010
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002011- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2012 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2013
2014 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2015 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002016 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002017 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2018 multicast group.
2019
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2021 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2022
2023 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2024 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2025 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2026 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2027 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2028 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2029 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2030 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002031 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002032
2033 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2034 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2035 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2036 4th and following
2037 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2038
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002039 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2040
2041 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2042 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2043 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2044 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2045 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2046 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2047 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2048 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2049 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2050 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2051 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2052 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2053 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2054 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2055 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2056
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002057- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002058 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2059 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002060
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002061 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2062 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2063 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2064 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2065 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2066 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2067 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2068 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2069 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2070 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2071 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2072 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002073 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002074
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002075 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2076 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002077
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002078 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2079 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2080 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2081 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2082 is not available.
2083
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002084 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2085 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2086 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2087 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2088 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2089 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2090 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002091 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002092
2093 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2094 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2095 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002096 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002097 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2098 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002099
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002100 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2101
2102 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2103 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2104 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2105 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2106 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2107 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2108 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2109 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2110 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2111 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2112 this delay.
2113
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002114 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2115 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2116 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2117 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2118 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2119
2120 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2121
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002122 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002123 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002124
2125 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2126
2127 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2128
2129 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2130 of the device.
2131
2132 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2133
2134 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2135 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002136 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002137
2138 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2139
2140 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2141 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2142
2143 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2144
2145 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2146
2147 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2148
2149 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2150
2151 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2152
2153 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2154
2155 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2156
2157 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2158 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2159
2160 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2161
2162 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2163
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002164- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2165
2166 Several configurations allow to display the current
2167 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2168 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2169 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2170 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2171 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2172 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2173 feature in U-Boot.
2174
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002175 Additional options:
2176
2177 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2178 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2179 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2180 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2181 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2182
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002183 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2184 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2185 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2186 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2187 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2188 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2189
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002190- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2191
2192 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2193 on those systems that support this (optional)
2194 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2195
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002196- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002197
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002198 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2199 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2200 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2201 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2202 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2203 interface.
2204
2205 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002206 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2207 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2208 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2209 for defining speed and slave address
2210 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2211 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2212 for defining speed and slave address
2213 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2214 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2215 for defining speed and slave address
2216 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2217 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2218 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002219
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002220 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2221 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2222 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2223 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2224 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2225 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002226 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002227 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2228 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2229 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2230 second bus.
2231
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002232 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002233 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2234 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2235 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002236
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002237 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2238 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2239 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2240 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2241
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002242 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2243 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2244 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2245 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2246 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2247 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2248 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2249 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2250 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2251 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2252
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002253 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2254 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2255 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2256
2257 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2258 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2259 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2260 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2261 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2262 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2263 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2264 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2265 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2266
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002267 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2268 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2269 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2270
2271 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2272 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2273 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2274 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2275 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2276 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2277 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2278 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2279 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2280 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2281 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2282 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2283 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2284
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002285 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2286 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2287 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2288 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2289 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2290 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2291 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2292 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2293 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2294 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2295 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2296 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2297
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002298 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2299 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2300 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2301 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2302
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302303 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2304 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2305 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2306 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2307 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2308
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002309 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2310 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2311 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2312 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2313 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2314 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2315 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2316 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2317 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2318 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2319 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2320 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2321 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2322 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2323
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002324 additional defines:
2325
2326 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2327 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2328 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2329 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2330 omit this define.
2331
2332 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2333 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2334 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2335 omit this define.
2336
2337 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2338 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2339 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2340 define.
2341
2342 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2343 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2344 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2345 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2346 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2347
2348 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2349 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2350 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2351 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2352 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2353 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2354 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2355 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2356 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2357 }
2358
2359 which defines
2360 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002361 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2362 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2363 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2364 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2365 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002366 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002367 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2368 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002369
2370 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2371
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002372- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002373
2374 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2375 provides the following compelling advantages:
2376
2377 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2378 - approved multibus support
2379 - better i2c mux support
2380
2381 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2382
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002383 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2384 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2385 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002386
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002387 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002388 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002389 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2390 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002391 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002392
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002393 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002394
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002395 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002396 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002398 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002399 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002400 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002401 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002402
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002403 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002404 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002405 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2406 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2407 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002408
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002409 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2410
2411 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2412 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2413 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2414 commands until the slave device responds.
2415
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002416 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002417
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002418 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002419 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2420 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002421
2422 I2C_INIT
2423
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002424 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002425 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002426
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002427 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002428
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002429 I2C_PORT
2430
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002431 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2432 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2433 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002434
2435 I2C_ACTIVE
2436
2437 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2438 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2439 define can be null.
2440
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002441 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2442
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002443 I2C_TRISTATE
2444
2445 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2446 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2447 define can be null.
2448
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002449 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2450
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002451 I2C_READ
2452
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002453 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2454 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002456 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2457
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002458 I2C_SDA(bit)
2459
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002460 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2461 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002462
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002463 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002464 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002465 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002466
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467 I2C_SCL(bit)
2468
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002469 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2470 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002471
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002472 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002473 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002474 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002475
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002476 I2C_DELAY
2477
2478 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2479 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002480 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002481 like:
2482
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002483 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002484
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002485 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2486
2487 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2488 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2489 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2490 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2491
2492 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2493 the generic GPIO functions.
2494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002495 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002496
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002497 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2498 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2499 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2500 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2501 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2502 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2503 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2504 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002505
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002506 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2507
2508 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2509 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2510 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2511 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2512 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2513 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2514 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2515 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2516
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002517 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2518
2519 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2520 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2521 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2522
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002523 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2524
2525 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002526 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2527 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002528 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002530 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002531
2532 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002533 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002534 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2535 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002536
2537 e.g.
2538 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002539 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002540
2541 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2542
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002543 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002544 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002545
2546 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002548 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002549
2550 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2551 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002553 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002554
2555 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2556 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2557
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002558 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002559
2560 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2561 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002563 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002564
2565 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2566 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2567 specified DTT device.
2568
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002569 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2570
2571 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2572 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2573 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2574 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2575 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2576 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2577 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002578
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002579- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2580
2581 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2582 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2583 D/As on the SACSng board)
2584
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002585 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2586
2587 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2588 only SH7757 is supported.
2589
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590 CONFIG_SPI_X
2591
2592 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2593 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2594
2595 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2596
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002597 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2598 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2599 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2600 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2601 defined, the board configuration must define several
2602 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2603 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002604
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002605 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2606
2607 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2608 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2609 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002610 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002611 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2612
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002613 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2614
2615 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002616 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002617
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002618 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2619 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2620 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2621
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002622- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2623
2624 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2625
2626 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2627
2628 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2629 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2630
2631 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2632
2633 Enables support for FPGA family.
2634 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2635
2636 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002637
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002638 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002639
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302640 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2641
2642 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2643
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002644 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2645
2646 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2647
2648 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2649
2650 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2651 (Xilinx only)
2652
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002653 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002654
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002655 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002657 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002658
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002659 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2660 status by the configuration function. This option
2661 will require a board or device specific function to
2662 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002663
2664 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2665
2666 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2667 configuration driver.
2668
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002669 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002670 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2671
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002672 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002673
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002674 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2675 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2676 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2677 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002679 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002680
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002681 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2682 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2683 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002684 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002686 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002687
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002688 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002689 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002693 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002694 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695
2696- Configuration Management:
2697 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2698
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002699 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2700 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002701
2702- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2703
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002704 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2705 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002706 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002707 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2708 protects these variables from casual modification by
2709 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2710 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002711 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002712
2713 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2714 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002715 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002716 these parameters.
2717
2718 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2719 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002720 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002721 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2722 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2723 read-only.]
2724
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002725 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2726 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2727 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2728 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2729
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002730- Protected RAM:
2731 CONFIG_PRAM
2732
2733 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2734 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2735 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2736 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2737 this default value by defining an environment
2738 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2739 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2740 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2741 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2742 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2743 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2744 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2745
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002746 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002747 saveenv
2748
2749 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2750 either, which results in a memory region that will
2751 not be affected by reboots.
2752
2753 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2754 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2755 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2756 following board configurations are known to be
2757 "pRAM-clean":
2758
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002759 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2760 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002761 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002763- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2764 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2765 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2766 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2767 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2768 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2769 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2770
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002771- Error Recovery:
2772 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2773
2774 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2775 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2776 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002777 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002778 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2779 useful during development since you can try to debug
2780 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2781
2782 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2783
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002784 This variable defines the number of retries for
2785 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2786 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2787 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002789 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2790
2791 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2792
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002793 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2794
2795 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2796 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2797 try longer timeout such as
2798 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2799
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002801 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002802
2803 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2804
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002805 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2806 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002807
2808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002809 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810
2811 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2812 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2813 powerful command line syntax like
2814 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2815 constructs ("shell scripts").
2816
2817 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2818 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2819
2820
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002821 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822
2823 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2824 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2825 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2826
2827 Note:
2828
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002829 In the current implementation, the local variables
2830 space and global environment variables space are
2831 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2832 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2833 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2834 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2835 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002836
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002837 Global environment variables are those you use
2838 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2839 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2840 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
2842 To store commands and special characters in a
2843 variable, please use double quotation marks
2844 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2845 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2846 symbols.
2847
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002848- Commandline Editing and History:
2849 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2850
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002851 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002852 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002853
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002854- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002855 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2856
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002857 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2858 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002859 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002860
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002861 For example, place something like this in your
2862 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002863
2864 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2865 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2866 "myvar2=value2\0"
2867
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002868 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2869 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2870 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2871 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002872 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002873 You better know what you are doing here.
2874
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002875 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2876 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002877 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002878 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002879
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002880 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2881
2882 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2883 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2884 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2885
2886 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2887
2888 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2889 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2890 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2891 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2892 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2893
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002894 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2895
2896 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2897 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2898 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2899
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002900 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2901
2902 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2903 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2904 that so that the environment is not available until
2905 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2906 this is instead controlled by the value of
2907 /config/load-environment.
2908
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002909- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002910 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2911
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002912 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2913 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2914 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002915
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002916- Serial Flash support
2917 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2918
2919 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2920 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2921
2922 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2923 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2924 commands.
2925
2926 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2927 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2928 flash is present on the system.
2929
2930 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2931 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2932 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2933 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2934
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002935 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2936
2937 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2938 test ('sf test').
2939
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302940 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2941
2942 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2943 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2944
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302945 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2946
2947 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2948 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2949 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2950
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002951- SystemACE Support:
2952 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2953
2954 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2955 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002956 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002957 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002958
2959 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002960 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002961
2962 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2963 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2964
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002965- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2966 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2967
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002968 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002969 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002970 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002971 number generator is used.
2972
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002973 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2974 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2975 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2976
2977 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002978 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2979 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2980 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2981 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2982 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2983 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2984
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002985- Hashing support:
2986 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2987
2988 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2989 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2990
2991 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2992
2993 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2994 size a little.
2995
2996 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2997 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2998
2999 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3000 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3001
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003002- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3003 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3004 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3005 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3006
3007 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3008 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3009 a boot from specific media.
3010
3011 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3012 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3013 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3014 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3015 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3016
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003017- Signing support:
3018 CONFIG_RSA
3019
3020 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003021 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003022
3023 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
3024 option.
3025
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003026- bootcount support:
3027 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3028
3029 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3030 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3031
3032 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3033 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3034 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3035 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3036 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3037 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3038 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3039 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3040 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3041 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3042 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3043 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3044 the bootcounter.
3045 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003046
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003047- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003048 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3049
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003050 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3051 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3052 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3053 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3054 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3055 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003056
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003057- Detailed boot stage timing
3058 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3059 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3060 of the boot process.
3061
3062 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3063 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3064 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3065 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3066 the limit, recording will stop.
3067
3068 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3069 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3070
3071 Timer summary in microseconds:
3072 Mark Elapsed Stage
3073 0 0 reset
3074 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3075 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3076 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3077 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3078 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3079 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3080 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3081
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003082 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3083 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3084 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3085
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003086 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3087 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3088 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3089 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3090 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3091 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3092 For example:
3093
3094 bootstage {
3095 154 {
3096 name = "board_init_f";
3097 mark = <3575678>;
3098 };
3099 170 {
3100 name = "lcd";
3101 accum = <33482>;
3102 };
3103 };
3104
3105 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3106
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003107Legacy uImage format:
3108
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003109 Arg Where When
3110 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003111 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003112 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003113 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003114 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003115 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003116 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3117 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3118 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003119 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003120 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3121 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3122 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3123 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003124 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003126
3127 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3128 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3129 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3130 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3131 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3132 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3133 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003134 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003135 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3136 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3137
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003138 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003139
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003140 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003141 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3142 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003143
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003144 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3145 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3146 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3147 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3148 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3149 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3150 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3151 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3152 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3153 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3154 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3155 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3156 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3157 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3158 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3159 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3160 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3161 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3162 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3163 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3164 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3165 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3166 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3167 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3168 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3169 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3170 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3171 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3172 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3173 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3174 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3175 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3176 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3177 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3178 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3179 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3180 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3181 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3182 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3183 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3184 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3185 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3186 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3187 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3188 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3189 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3190 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003191
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003192 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003193
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003194 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003195 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3196 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003197
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003198 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3199 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003200 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003201 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3202 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3203 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003204 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3205 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003206 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003207
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003208FIT uImage format:
3209
3210 Arg Where When
3211 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3212 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3213 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3214 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3215 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3216 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003217 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003218 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3219 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3220 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3221 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3222 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003223 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3224 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003225 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3226 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3227 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3228 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3229 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3230 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3231 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3232 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3233
3234 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3235 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3236 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003237 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003238 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3239 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3240 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3241 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3242 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3243 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3244 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3245 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3246 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3247 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3248 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3249 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3250
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003251 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003252 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3253
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003254 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003255 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3256
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003257 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003258 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3259
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003260- legacy image format:
3261 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3262 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3263
3264 Default:
3265 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3266
3267 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3268 disable the legacy image format
3269
3270 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3271 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3272
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003273- FIT image support:
3274 CONFIG_FIT
3275 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3276
3277 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3278 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3279 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3280 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3281 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3282 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3283
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003284 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3285 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3286 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3287 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3288
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003289 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3290 signature check the legacy image format is default
3291 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3292 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3293
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003294 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3295 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3296 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3297 with this option.
3298
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003299- Standalone program support:
3300 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3301
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003302 This option defines a board specific value for the
3303 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3304 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003305 settings.
3306
3307- Frame Buffer Address:
3308 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3309
3310 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003311 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3312 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3313 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3314 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3315 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3316 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3317 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003318
3319 Please see board_init_f function.
3320
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003321- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3322 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3323 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3324 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3325
3326 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3327 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3328
3329- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3330 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3331
3332 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3333 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3334
3335 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3336
3337 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3338 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3339
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003340- UBI support
3341 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3342
3343 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3344 with the UBI flash translation layer
3345
3346 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3347
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003348 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3349
3350 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3351 warnings and errors enabled.
3352
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003353- UBIFS support
3354 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3355
3356 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3357 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3358
3359 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3360
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003361 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3362
3363 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3364 warnings and errors enabled.
3365
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003366- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003367 CONFIG_SPL
3368 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003369
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003370 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3371 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3372
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003373 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3374 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3375 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3376 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003377 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003378 must not be both defined at the same time.
3379
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003380 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003381 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3382 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3383 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3384 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003385
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003386 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3387 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003388
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003389 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3390 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3391 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3392
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003393 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3394 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3395
3396 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003397 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3398 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3399 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003400 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003401 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003402
3403 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3404 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3405
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003406 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3407 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3408 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3409 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3410
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003411 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3412 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3413
3414 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3415 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003416
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003417 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3418 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3419 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3420 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3421
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003422 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3423 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3424 See also: doc/README.falcon
3425
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003426 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3427 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3428 about the running system.
3429
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003430 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3431 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3432
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003433 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3434 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003435
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003436 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3437 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003438
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003439 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3440 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003441
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003442 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3443 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003444
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003445 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3446 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003447
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003448 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3449 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3450 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3451 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3452 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3453
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003454 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3455 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3456 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3457
3458 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3459 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3460 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3461 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3462 (for falcon mode)
3463
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003464 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3465 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3466
3467 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3468 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3469
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003470 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3471 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3472 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3473
3474 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3475 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3476 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3477
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003478 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3479 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3480 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3481 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3482 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3483
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303484 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3485 Avoid SPL relocation
3486
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003487 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3488 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3489 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3490
3491 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3492 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3493
3494 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3495 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3496
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003497 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003498 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3499 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003500
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003501 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3502 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3503 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3504
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003505 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3506 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003507 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003508
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003509 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3510 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3511 SPL binary.
3512
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003513 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3514 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3515 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3516 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3517 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3518 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003519 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003520
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303521 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3522 Add support NAND boot
3523
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003524 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003525 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3526
3527 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3528 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3529
3530 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3531 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003532
3533 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003534 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003535
3536 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3537 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3538 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3539
3540 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3541 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3542 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3543
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003544 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3545 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003546
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003547 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3548 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003549
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003550 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3551 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003552
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003553 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3554 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3555
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003556 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3557 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003558
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003559 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3560 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3561
3562 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3563 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3564 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3565 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3566
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003567 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003568 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3569 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3570 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3571 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3572 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003573
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003574 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3575 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3576 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3577 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3578
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003579 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3580 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3581 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3582 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3583 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3584
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003585- TPL framework
3586 CONFIG_TPL
3587 Enable building of TPL globally.
3588
3589 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3590 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3591 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003592 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3593 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3594 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003595
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003596Modem Support:
3597--------------
3598
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003599[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003601- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3603
3604- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3605 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3606
3607- Modem debug support:
3608 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3609
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003610 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3611 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003613- Interrupt support (PPC):
3614
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003615 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3616 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003617 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003618 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003619 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003620 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003621 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003622 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3623 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3624 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003625
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003626- General:
3627
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003628 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3629 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3630 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003631 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003632 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3633 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3634 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003635
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003636 If there are no modem init strings in the
3637 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3638 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003639 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003640
3641 See also: doc/README.Modem
3642
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003643Board initialization settings:
3644------------------------------
3645
3646During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3647to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3648before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3649following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3650architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3651typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3652
3653- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3654- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3655- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3656- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003657
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658Configuration Settings:
3659-----------------------
3660
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003661- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3662 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003664- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3666
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003667- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3668 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3669
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003670- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003671 prompt for user input.
3672
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003673- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003674
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003675- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003677- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003679- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3681 booted
3682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003683- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3685
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003686- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003687 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003689- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003690 If the board specific function
3691 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3692 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003693 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003695- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003696 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003698- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003699 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3700
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003701- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003702 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3703 simple memory test.
3704
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003705- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003706 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003707
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003708- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003709 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3710 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3711
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003712- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3713 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003714 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003715 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003716 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3717 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3718 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003719 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003720 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003721 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003722
3723 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3724 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3725 be touched.
3726
3727 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3728 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3729 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3730 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3731 problems.
3732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003733- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003736- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003739- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003740 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3741 Cogent motherboard)
3742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003743- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003746- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3748 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003749 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003750 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003752- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003753 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3754 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3755 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3756 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003758- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3760
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003761- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3762 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3763 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3764 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3765 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3766 space.
3767
3768 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3769 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3770 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
3771 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotton) when
3772 U-Boot relocates itself.
3773
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003774 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on sandbox
3775 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3776
Simon Glass76a1e582014-07-10 22:23:29 -06003777 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM at present
3778 but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003780- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003781 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3782 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003783 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003784 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003786- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003787 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3788 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003789 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3790 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003791 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003792 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003793 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003794 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3795 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3796 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003797
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003798- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3799 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3800 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3801 is enabled.
3802
3803- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3804 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3805 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3806
3807- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3808 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3809 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003811- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003812 Max number of Flash memory banks
3813
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003814- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3816
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003817- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3819
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003820- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003821 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003823- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003824 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003826- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003827 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3828
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003829- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003830 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3831 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003833- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003834
3835 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3836 without this option such a download has to be
3837 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3838 copy from RAM to flash.
3839
3840 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3841 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003842 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3843 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003844 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003846- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003847 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003848 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003850- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003851 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3852 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003854- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3855 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3856 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3857 to the MTD layer.
3858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003859- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003860 Use buffered writes to flash.
3861
3862- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3863 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3864 write commands.
3865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003866- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003867 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3868 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3869 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3870 optionally available.
3871
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003872- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3873 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3874 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3875 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3876
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003877- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3878 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3879 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3880 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3881 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3882 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3883 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3884 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003886- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003887 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3888 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003889 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3890 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003891 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003892 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3893
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003894- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3895
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003896 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3897 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3898 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3899 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3900 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003901
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003902- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3903- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003904 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003905 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3906 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3907 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3908
3909 The format of the list is:
3910 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003911 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3912 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003913 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3914 list = entry[,list]
3915
3916 The type attributes are:
3917 s - String (default)
3918 d - Decimal
3919 x - Hexadecimal
3920 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3921 i - IP address
3922 m - MAC address
3923
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003924 The access attributes are:
3925 a - Any (default)
3926 r - Read-only
3927 o - Write-once
3928 c - Change-default
3929
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003930 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3931 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3932 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3933
3934 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3935 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3936 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3937 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3938 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3939 ".flags" variable.
3940
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003941- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3942 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3943 access flags.
3944
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003945- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3946 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3947 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3948 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3949 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3950 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3951 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3952 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3953 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3954
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003955- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3956 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3957 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3958 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003960The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3961of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3962following configurations:
3963
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003964- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3965
3966 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3967 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003969- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003970
3971 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3972
3973 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3974 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3975 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3976 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3977 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3978 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3979 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3980 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3981 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3982 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3983 between U-Boot and the environment.
3984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003985 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
3987 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3988 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3989 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3990 for this sector is given here.
3991
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003992 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003994 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003995
3996 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3997 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003998 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004000 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004001
4002 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4003
4004
4005 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4006 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4007 the environment.
4008
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004009 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004011 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004012 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004013 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4014 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4015
4016 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4017 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4018 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4019 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4020 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4021 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4022 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4023 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4024 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004026 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4027 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004028
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004029 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004030 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004031 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004032 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
4034BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4035source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4036accordingly!
4037
4038
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004039- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004040
4041 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4042 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4043 environment.
4044
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004045 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4046 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004048 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4050 can just be read and written to, without any special
4051 provision.
4052
4053BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
4054in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004055console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056U-Boot will hang.
4057
4058Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4059environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4060keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4061to save the current settings.
4062
4063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004064- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
4066 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4067 device and a driver for it.
4068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004069 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4070 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004071
4072 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4073 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004075 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004076 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4077 The default address is zero.
4078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004079 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004080 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4081 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4082 would require six bits.
4083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004084 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004086 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004088 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004089 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4090 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004092 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004093 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4094 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4095 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4096 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4097 byte chips.
4098
4099 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4100 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4101 in the chip address.
4102
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004103 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4105
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004106 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4107 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4108 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4109
4110 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4111 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4112 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4113 EEPROM. For example:
4114
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004115 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004116
4117 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4118 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004120- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004121
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004122 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004123 want to use for the environment.
4124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004125 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4126 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4127 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004128
4129 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4130 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4131 at the specified address.
4132
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004133- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4134
4135 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4136 want to use for the environment.
4137
4138 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4139 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4140
4141 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4142 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4143 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4144
4145 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4146
4147 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4148
4149 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4150
4151 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4152 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4153 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4154 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4155 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4156
4157 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4158 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4159
4160 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4161
4162 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4163
4164 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4165
4166 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4167
4168 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4169
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004170- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4171
4172 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4173 want to use for the local device's environment.
4174
4175 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4176 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4177
4178 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4179 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4180 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004181 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004182
4183BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4184"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004185environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4186but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004187
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004188- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004189
4190 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4191 for the environment.
4192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004193 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4194 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004195
4196 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004197 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4198 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004199
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004200 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004202 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004203 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4204 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004205 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004206 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004207
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004208 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4209
4210 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4211 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4212 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4213 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4214 the range to be avoided.
4215
4216 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4217
4218 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4219 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4220 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4221 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4222 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004223
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004224- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4225
4226 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4227 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4228 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4229
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004230- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4231
4232 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4233 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4234 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4235
4236 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4237
4238 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4239
4240 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4241
4242 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4243 environment in.
4244
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004245 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4246
4247 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4248 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4249 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4250
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004251 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4252 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4253
4254 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4255 when storing the env in UBI.
4256
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004257- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4258 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4259
4260 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4261
4262 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4263
4264 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4265
4266 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4267 be as following:
4268
4269 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4270 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4271 partition table.
4272 - "D:0": device D.
4273 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4274 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4275 table.
4276 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
4277 If none, first valid paratition in device D. If no
4278 partition table then means device D.
4279
4280 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4281
4282 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
4283 envrionment.
4284
4285 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
4286 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the envrionment file.
4287
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004288- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4289
4290 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4291 environment.
4292
4293 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4294
4295 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4296
4297 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4298
4299 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4300 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4301 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4302
4303 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4304 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4305
4306 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4307 area within the specified MMC device.
4308
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004309 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4310 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4311 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4312 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4313 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4314 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4315 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4316
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004317 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4318 MMC sector boundary.
4319
4320 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4321
4322 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4323 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4324 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4325 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4326
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004327 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4328 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4329
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004330 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4331 an MMC sector boundary.
4332
4333 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4334
4335 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4336 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4337 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4338
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004339- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004340
4341 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4342 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4343 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4344 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4345 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4346 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4347 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4348
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004349Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004351created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352until then to read environment variables.
4353
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004354The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4355is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4356with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4357necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4358"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4359have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360
4361Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4362the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004363use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004365- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004366 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004367
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004368 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004369 also needs to be defined.
4370
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004371- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004372 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004373
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004374- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4375 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4376 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4377 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4378 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4379 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4380
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004381- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4382 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4383 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4384 to do this.
4385
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004386- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4387 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4388 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4389 present.
4390
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004391Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004392---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004394- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004397- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004398 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004399
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004400 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4401 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4402 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004403
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004404- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4405 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4406 PowerPC SOCs.
4407
4408- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4409 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4410 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4411
4412 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4413 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4414
4415- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4416 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4417 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004418 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004419 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4420 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4421 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4422
4423 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4424 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4425
4426- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004427 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4428 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004429 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4430 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4431
4432- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4433 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4434 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4435 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4436
4437- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4438 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4439 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4440
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004441- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004442 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004443
4444 the default drive number (default value 0)
4445
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004446 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004447
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004448 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004449 (default value 1)
4450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004451 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004452
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004453 defines the offset of register from address. It
4454 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004455 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004457 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4458 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004459 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004460
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004461 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004462 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4463 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4464 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4465 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004466
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004467- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4468 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4469 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4470 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4471 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4472 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4473 is requierd.
4474
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004475- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004476 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004477 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004479- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004480
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004481 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4483 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4484 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4485 will become available only after programming the
4486 memory controller and running certain initialization
4487 sequences.
4488
4489 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4490 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4491 - MPC824X: data cache
4492 - PPC4xx: data cache
4493
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004494- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004495
4496 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004497 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4498 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004499 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004500 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004501 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4502 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4503 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004504
4505 Note:
4506 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4507 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004508 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4510 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004512- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004514- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004516- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004517
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004518- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004520- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004521
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004522- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004523
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004524- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004525 SDRAM timing
4526
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004527- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004528 periodic timer for refresh
4529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004530- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004531
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004532- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4533 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4534 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4535 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004536 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4537
4538- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004539 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4540 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004541 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4542
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004543- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4544 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4546 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4547
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004548- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4550 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4551
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004552- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004553 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4554 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004556- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004557 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4558 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004560- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004561 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4562 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4563 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004565- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004566 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4567 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4568 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4569 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004570
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004571- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4572 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4573 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4574 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4575 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4576 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4577 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4578 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004579 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004580
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004581- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4582 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4583 required.
4584
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004585- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4586 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4587 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4588 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4589 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4590 by coreboot or similar.
4591
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004592- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4593 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4594
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004595- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4596 Chip has SRIO or not
4597
4598- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4599 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4600
4601- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4602 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4603
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004604- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4605 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4606
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004607- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4608 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4609
4610- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4611 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4612
4613- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4614 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4615
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004616- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4617 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4618 a 16 bit bus.
4619 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004620 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004621 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004622 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004623
4624- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4625 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4626 a default value will be used.
4627
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004628- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004629 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4630 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4631
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004632 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4633 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004635- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004636 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4637 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4638 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004639
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004640- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4641 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4642 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4643 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4644 header files or board specific files.
4645
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004646- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4647 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4648
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004649- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004650 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4651 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004652
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004653- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4654 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4655
4656- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4657 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004658 to the given FEC; i. e.
4659 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004660 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4661
4662 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4663
4664- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4665 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4666 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4667
4668- CONFIG_RMII
4669 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4670 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4671 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4672
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004673- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4674 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4675 The syntax is:
4676
4677 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4678
4679 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4680 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4681 area should have.
4682
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004683- CONFIG_LOOPW
4684 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004685 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004686
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004687- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4688 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4689 "md/mw" commands.
4690 Examples:
4691
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004692 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004693 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4694
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004695 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004696 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4697
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004698 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004699 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004700
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004701- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004702 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004703 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4704 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4705 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004706
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004707 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4708 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4709 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4710 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004711
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004712- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004713 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4714 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4715 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004716
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004717- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4718 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4719 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4720 It is loaded by the SPL.
4721
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004722- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4723 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4724 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4725 previous 4k of the .text section.
4726
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004727- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4728 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4729 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4730 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4731 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4732 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4733 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4734 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4735
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004736- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4737 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4738 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4739 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4740 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4741
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004742- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4743 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4744 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004745
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004746- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4747 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4748
4749 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004750
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004751- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4752 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4753
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004754- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4755 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4756 driver that uses this:
4757 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4758
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004759Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4760-----------------------------------
4761
4762The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4763loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4764This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4765are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4766within that device.
4767
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004768- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4769 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4770 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4771 is also specified.
4772
4773- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4774 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004775 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4776 is also specified.
4777
4778- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4779 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4780 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4781 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4782 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4783
4784- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4785 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4786 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4787 virtual address in NOR flash.
4788
4789- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4790 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4791 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4792
4793- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4794 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4795 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4796
4797- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4798 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4799 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4800
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004801- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4802 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4803 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004804 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4805 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4806 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004807
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004808Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4809---------------------------------------------------------
4810The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4811"firmware".
4812This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4813are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4814within that device.
4815
4816- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4817 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4818
4819- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4820 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4821 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4822 is also specified.
4823
4824- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4825 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4826 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4827 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4828 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4829
4830- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4831 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4832 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4833 virtual address in NOR flash.
4834
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004835Building the Software:
4836======================
4837
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004838Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4839and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4840all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4841(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4842recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4843which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004844
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004845If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4846have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4847you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4848Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4849necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004850
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004851 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4852 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004854Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4855 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4856 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4857 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4858
4859 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4860
4861 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4862 be executed on computers running Windows.
4863
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004864U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4865sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004866is done by typing:
4867
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004868 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004870where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004871rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004873Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4874 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4875 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4876 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004877 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004878
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004879 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004880 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004881
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004882 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004885 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004886
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004887
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004888Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4889images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004890
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004891- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4892- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4893- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004894
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004895By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4896in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4897this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4898
48991. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4900
4901 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004902 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004903 make O=/tmp/build all
4904
49052. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4906
4907 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4908 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02004909 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004910 make all
4911
4912Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4913variable.
4914
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004915
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004916Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4917for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4918native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004919
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004921If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4922to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4923steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049251. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004926 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4927 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049282. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4929 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4930 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
49313. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4932 your board
49333. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4934 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020049354. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000049365. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4937 to be installed on your target system.
49386. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4939 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004940
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004941
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004942Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4943==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004944
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004945If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4946or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004947provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4948the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004949official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004950
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004951But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4952cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004953the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4954just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004955for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4956select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4957environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4958you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004962or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004965
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004966When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4967U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4968setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4969built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4970<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4971location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4972variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004973
4974 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4975 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4976 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4977
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004978With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4979log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4980during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004981
4982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004984
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986Monitor Commands - Overview:
4987============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004988
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004989go - start application at address 'addr'
4990run - run commands in an environment variable
4991bootm - boot application image from memory
4992bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004993bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004994tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4995 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4996 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004997tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004998rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4999diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5000loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5001loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5002md - memory display
5003mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5004nm - memory modify (constant address)
5005mw - memory write (fill)
5006cp - memory copy
5007cmp - memory compare
5008crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005009i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005010sspi - SPI utility commands
5011base - print or set address offset
5012printenv- print environment variables
5013setenv - set environment variables
5014saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5015protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5016erase - erase FLASH memory
5017flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005018nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5020iminfo - print header information for application image
5021coninfo - print console devices and informations
5022ide - IDE sub-system
5023loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005024loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005025mtest - simple RAM test
5026icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5027dcache - enable or disable data cache
5028reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5029echo - echo args to console
5030version - print monitor version
5031help - print online help
5032? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005033
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005034
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005035Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5036========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005037
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005038TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005039
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005040For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005041
5042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043Environment Variables:
5044======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005045
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005046U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5047can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5050"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5051without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5052environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5053working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5054environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005055
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005056Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5057
5058List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005059
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005060 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005063
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005064 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005066 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005070 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5071 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5072 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5073 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5074 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5075 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005076 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5077 bootm_mapsize.
5078
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005079 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005080 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5081 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5082 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5083 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5084 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5085 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005086
5087 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5088 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5089 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5090 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5091 environment variable.
5092
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005093 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5094 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5095 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5098 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5099 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5100 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5103 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5104 be automatically started (by internally calling
5105 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005107 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5108 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5109 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5110 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5111 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005113 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5114 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005115 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5116 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5117 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5118 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5119 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5120 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5121 access it during the boot procedure.
5122
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005123 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5124 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5125 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5126 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5127 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5128 must be accessible by the kernel.
5129
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005130 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5131 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5132 defined.
5133
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005134 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5135 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5136 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5137 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5138 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5141 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5142 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5143 is usually what you want since it allows for
5144 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5145 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005146 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005147 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5148 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5149 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5150 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5153 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5154 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5155 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5156 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5157 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005159 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5162 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5163 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5164 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5165 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5166 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5167 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5172 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005184 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005185
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005186 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5187 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005189 => setenv ethact FEC
5190 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5191 => setenv ethact SCC
5192 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005194 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5195 available network interfaces.
5196 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5197
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005198 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005199 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5200 When set to "once" the network operation will
5201 fail when all the available network interfaces
5202 are tried once without success.
5203 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5204 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005206 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005207
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005208 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5209 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5210 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5211 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5212 is silent.
5213
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005214 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005215 UDP source port.
5216
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005217 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5218 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5219
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005220 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5221 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5222
5223 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5224 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5225 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5226 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5227 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5228 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5229 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5230
5231 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005232 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005234
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005235The following image location variables contain the location of images
5236used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5237not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5238variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5239server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5240loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5241flash or offset in NAND flash.
5242
5243*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5244boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5245boards use these variables for other purposes.
5246
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005247Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5248----- --------- ----------- --------------
5249u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5250Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5251device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5252ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005254The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5255updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5256depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258 bootfile - see above
5259 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5260 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5261 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5262 hostname - Target hostname
5263 ipaddr - see above
5264 netmask - Subnet Mask
5265 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5266 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005267
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5272 as type string and/or serial number
5273 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005275These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5276the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5277once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
5279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005280Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5283 with the "version" command. This variable is
5284 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005285
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5288only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005290
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005291Callback functions for environment variables:
5292---------------------------------------------
5293
5294For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5295when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5296be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5297deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5298effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5299
5300The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5301U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5302
5303These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5304static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5305in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5306associations. The list must be in the following format:
5307
5308 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5309 list = entry[,list]
5310
5311If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5312Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5313
5314Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5315with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5316override any association in the static list. You can define
5317CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5318".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5319
5320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321Command Line Parsing:
5322=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005323
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005324There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5325the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327Old, simple command line parser:
5328--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005330- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5331- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005332- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005333- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5334 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005335 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5337 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339Hush shell:
5340-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005341
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005342- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5343 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5344 until...do...done, ...
5345- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5346 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5347 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5348 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005350General rules:
5351--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005353(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5354 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5355 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5356 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005359 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5361 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5364=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005365
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005366Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005367such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5368"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5371MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5372"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005373
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005374If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5375in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5376ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5377variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005379o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5380 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005381
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005382o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5383 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5384 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5387 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005388
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005389o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5390 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5391 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5394 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005396If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005397will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005398may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5399The naming convention is as follows:
5400"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005401
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005402Image Formats:
5403==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005405U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5406images in two formats:
5407
5408New uImage format (FIT)
5409-----------------------
5410
5411Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5412to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5413components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5414SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5415
5416
5417Old uImage format
5418-----------------
5419
5420Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5421preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5422details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5425 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005426 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5427 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5428 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005429* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005430 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5431 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005432* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5433* Load Address
5434* Entry Point
5435* Image Name
5436* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005438The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5439and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5440CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005443Linux Support:
5444==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005446Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5447easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5448U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5451special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5452"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5453instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5454serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5457 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5458 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005460- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5461 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005463- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5464 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5465 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5466 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5467 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5468 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005469
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005471Linux HOWTO:
5472============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5475---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5478configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5479(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5480Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005481
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005482But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005483
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5485include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005486Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5487and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005488as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005489
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005490Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5491If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5492is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5493doc/driver-model.
5494
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496Configuring the Linux kernel:
5497-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5500device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005501
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005503Building a Linux Image:
5504-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5507not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5508"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5509U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5510which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5511100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005513Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005514
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005515 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005516 make oldconfig
5517 make dep
5518 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005520The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5521encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5522CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005525
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005526* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5529 -R .note -R .comment \
5530 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005532* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005538 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5539 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5540 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005541
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005543The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5544with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5545combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5546byte header containing information about target architecture,
5547operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5548stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5551print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005553In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5554contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5555checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005557 tools/mkimage -l image
5558 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5561from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5564 -n name -d data_file image
5565 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5566 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5567 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5568 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5569 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5570 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5571 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5572 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005573
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005574Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5575address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5576kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5579- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005582
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005583 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5584 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005585 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005586 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5587 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5588 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5589 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5590 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5591 Load Address: 0x00000000
5592 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5597 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5598 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5599 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5600 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5601 Load Address: 0x00000000
5602 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5605speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5606needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5607need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005608
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005609 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5611 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005612 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5614 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5615 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5616 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5617 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5618 Load Address: 0x00000000
5619 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005620
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5623when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005624
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5626 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5627 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5628 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5629 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5630 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5631 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5632 Load Address: 0x00000000
5633 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005634
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005635The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5636option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5637option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5638from the image:
5639
5640 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5641 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5642 indexed by 'position'
5643
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645Installing a Linux Image:
5646-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5649you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005652
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005653The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5654image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5655address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5656specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5657command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5660TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664 .......... done
5665 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667 => loads 40100000
5668 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5669 ~>examples/image.srec
5670 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5671 ...
5672 15989 15990 15991 15992
5673 [file transfer complete]
5674 [connected]
5675 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005676
5677
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005678You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005679this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5685 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5686 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5687 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5688 Load Address: 00000000
5689 Entry Point: 0000000c
5690 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005691
5692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693Boot Linux:
5694-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5697memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5698of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5699parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5700"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005701
5702
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005703 => printenv bootargs
5704 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708 => printenv bootargs
5709 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005710
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711 => bootm 40020000
5712 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5713 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5714 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5715 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5716 Load Address: 00000000
5717 Entry Point: 0000000c
5718 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5719 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5720 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5721 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5722 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5723 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5724 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5725 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005726
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005727If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005728the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5729format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005733 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5734 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5735 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5736 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5737 Load Address: 00000000
5738 Entry Point: 0000000c
5739 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005741 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5742 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5743 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5744 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5745 Load Address: 00000000
5746 Entry Point: 00000000
5747 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005748
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005749 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5750 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5751 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5752 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5753 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5754 Load Address: 00000000
5755 Entry Point: 0000000c
5756 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5757 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5758 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5759 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5760 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5761 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5762 Load Address: 00000000
5763 Entry Point: 00000000
5764 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5765 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5766 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5767 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5768 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5769 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5770 ...
5771 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5772 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005773
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005775
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005776Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5777-----------
5778
5779First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5780titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5781following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5782flat device tree:
5783
5784=> print oftaddr
5785oftaddr=0x300000
5786=> print oft
5787oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5788=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5789Speed: 1000, full duplex
5790Using TSEC0 device
5791TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5792Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5793Load address: 0x300000
5794Loading: #
5795done
5796Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5797=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5798Speed: 1000, full duplex
5799Using TSEC0 device
5800TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5801Filename 'uImage'.
5802Load address: 0x200000
5803Loading:############
5804done
5805Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5806=> print loadaddr
5807loadaddr=200000
5808=> print oftaddr
5809oftaddr=0x300000
5810=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5811## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005812 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5813 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5814 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005815 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005816 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005817 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5818 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5819Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5820Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5821Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5822[snip]
5823
5824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005825More About U-Boot Image Types:
5826------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005828U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005830 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5831 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5832 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5833 the Standalone Program.
5834 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5835 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5836 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5837 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5838 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5839 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5840 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5841 being started.
5842 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5843 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5844 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5845 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5846 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5847 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005848
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005849 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5850 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5851 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5852 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5853 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5854 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5857 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5858 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005859
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5861 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5862 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5863 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005864
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005865Booting the Linux zImage:
5866-------------------------
5867
5868On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5869using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5870as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5871
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005872Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005873kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5874address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5875format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5876
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005878Standalone HOWTO:
5879=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005880
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005881One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5882run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5883U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005885Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887"Hello World" Demo:
5888-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5891application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5892It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5893like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005894
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005895 => loads
5896 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5897 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5898 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5899 [file transfer complete]
5900 [connected]
5901 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005903 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5904 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5905 Hello World
5906 argc = 7
5907 argv[0] = "40004"
5908 argv[1] = "Hello"
5909 argv[2] = "World!"
5910 argv[3] = "This"
5911 argv[4] = "is"
5912 argv[5] = "a"
5913 argv[6] = "test."
5914 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5915 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005916
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005917 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005918
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005919Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5920handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5921Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5922The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5923character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5924controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005926 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5927 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5928 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5929 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005930
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005931 => loads
5932 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5933 ~>examples/timer.srec
5934 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5935 [file transfer complete]
5936 [connected]
5937 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939 => go 40004
5940 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5941 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5942 Using timer 1
5943 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005944
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005945Hit 'b':
5946 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5947 Enabling timer
5948Hit '?':
5949 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5950 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5951Hit '?':
5952 [q, b, e, ?] .
5953 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5954Hit '?':
5955 [q, b, e, ?] .
5956 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5957Hit '?':
5958 [q, b, e, ?] .
5959 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5960Hit 'e':
5961 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5962Hit 'q':
5963 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005964
5965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005966Minicom warning:
5967================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005969Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5970"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5971consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5972Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5973especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005974use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5975http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5976for help with kermit.
5977
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005979Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5980configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005982 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5983 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5984 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005985
5986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005987NetBSD Notes:
5988=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005990Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5991(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005992
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005993Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5994NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5995need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5996Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5997attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5998missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6001 # mkdir powerpc
6002 # ln -s powerpc machine
6003 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6004 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006005
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006006Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6007and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6010stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6011proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6012tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006013meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006014
6015
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006016Implementation Internals:
6017=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006019The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6020implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6021inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6022hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006023
6024
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025Initial Stack, Global Data:
6026---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006028The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6029starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6030system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6031This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6032is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6033at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6034options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6035models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6036MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6037locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006038
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006039 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006040 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006041
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006042 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6043 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6044 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6045 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6048 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6049 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6050 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6051 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006052 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006053 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6054 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006055
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006056 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6057 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006058 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006059 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6060 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6061 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6062 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006063
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006064 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006065 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6066 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006067 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006068 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6069 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6070 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6071 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6072 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006073
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006074 -Chris Hallinan
6075 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006077It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6078code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006079
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006080* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6081 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006082
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006083* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006084 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6085 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006087* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6088 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006090Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
6091normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
6092turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6093simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6094functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6095functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6096the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6097place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6098reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006099
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006100When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6101relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6102GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006103
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006104For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6105 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006106 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006107 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6108 R5-R10: parameter passing
6109 R13: small data area pointer
6110 R30: GOT pointer
6111 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006112
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006113 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6114 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6115 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006116
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006117 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006119 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6120 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6121 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6122 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6123 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6124 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006125
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006126On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006127 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6128
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006129 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006130
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006131On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006133 R0: function argument word/integer result
6134 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006135 R9: platform specific
6136 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006137 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6138 R12: temporary workspace
6139 R13: stack pointer
6140 R14: link register
6141 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006142
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006143 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6144
6145 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006146
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006147On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6148 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6149
6150 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6151
6152 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6153 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6154
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006155On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6156
6157 R0-R1: argument/return
6158 R2-R5: argument
6159 R15: temporary register for assembler
6160 R16: trampoline register
6161 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6162 R29: global pointer (GP)
6163 R30: link register (LP)
6164 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6165 PC: program counter (PC)
6166
6167 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6168
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006169NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6170or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006171
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006172Memory Management:
6173------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006174
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006175U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6176MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6179controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6180memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6181physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006183U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6184TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6185booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6186to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006187memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006188configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6189Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006190
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006191Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6192of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006194So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6195this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006197 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6198 :
6199 0x0000 1FFF
6200 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6201 :
6202 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006204 :
6205 :
6206 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6207 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6208 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6209 :
6210 0x00FD FFFF
6211 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6212 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6213 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6214 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006215
6216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006217System Initialization:
6218----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006220In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006221(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006222configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6223To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6224To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6225initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6226which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6227part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6228the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006230Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6231preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6232(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6233on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6234programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6235simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6236banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006238When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6239different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6240bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
62410x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6242contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006243
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006244Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6245and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6246Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6247pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006249Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6250until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6251running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6252new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006253
6254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006255U-Boot Porting Guide:
6256----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006258[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6259list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006260
6261
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006262int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006263{
6264 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006265
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006266 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6267 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006268
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006269 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006270 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006271 return 0;
6272 }
6273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006274 Download latest U-Boot source;
6275
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006276 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006277
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006278 if (clueless)
6279 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006281 while (learning) {
6282 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006283 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6284 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006285 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006286 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006287 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006288
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006289 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6290 Buy a BDI3000;
6291 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006292 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006293
6294 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6295 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6296 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6297 } else {
6298 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6299 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006300 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006301 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6302 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006303
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006304 while (!accepted) {
6305 while (!running) {
6306 do {
6307 Add / modify source code;
6308 } until (compiles);
6309 Debug;
6310 if (clueless)
6311 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6312 }
6313 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6314 if (reasonable critiques)
6315 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6316 else
6317 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006318 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006319
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006320 return 0;
6321}
6322
6323void no_more_time (int sig)
6324{
6325 hire_a_guru();
6326}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006327
6328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006329Coding Standards:
6330-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006331
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006332All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006333coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006334"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006335
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006336Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6337MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6338reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6339sources.
6340
6341Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6342Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6343in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006344
6345Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6346- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006347- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006348- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006349- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006350- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6351
6352Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6353with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006354
6355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006356Submitting Patches:
6357-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006359Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6360establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6361may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006362
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006363Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006364
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006365Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6366see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006368When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6369it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006370
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006371* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6372 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6373 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006375* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6376 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6379
6380* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6381
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006382* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6383 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006384
6385* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6386 document these in the README file.
6387
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006388* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6389 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006390 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006391 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6392 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006393
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006394 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6395 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6396 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006397
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006398 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6399 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6400 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6401 affected files).
6402
6403 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6404 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006405
6406* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6407 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6408
6409* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6410 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6411
6412
6413Notes:
6414
6415* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6416 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6417 for any of the boards.
6418
6419* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6420 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6421 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6422
6423* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6424 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6425 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6426 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6427 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6428 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006429
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006430* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6431 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6432 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6433 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.